Module:Citation/CS1: Difference between revisions
From Zoophilia Wiki
Jump to navigationJump to search
meta>Dragons flight Try Wikipedia style italics, should work better for titles with embedded italics |
m 1 revision imported |
||
(190 intermediate revisions by 17 users not shown) | |||
Line 1: | Line 1: | ||
require ('strict'); | |||
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- | |||
function | each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit | ||
]] | |||
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation | |||
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | |||
local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | |||
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers | |||
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS | |||
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration | |||
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist | |||
--[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------- | |||
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from | |||
other modules; that are created here and used here | |||
]] | |||
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once | |||
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category | |||
local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered | |||
local added_numeric_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered | |||
local added_numeric_name_maint; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted | |||
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table | |||
local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module) | |||
local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation | |||
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, | |||
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. | |||
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs | |||
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate | |||
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. | |||
]] | |||
local function first_set (list, count) | |||
local i = 1; | |||
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list | |||
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then | |||
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member | |||
end | |||
i = i + 1; -- point to next | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
function | |||
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- | |||
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. | |||
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. | |||
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above | |||
]] | |||
local function add_vanc_error (source, position) | |||
if added_vanc_errs then return end | |||
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position}); | |||
end | end | ||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it | |||
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: | |||
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a | |||
letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus | |||
("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). | |||
returns true if it does, else false | |||
]] | |||
local function is_scheme (scheme) | |||
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern | |||
end | end | ||
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- | |||
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? | |||
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 | |||
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 | |||
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; | |||
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] | |||
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db | |||
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between | |||
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. | |||
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported | |||
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld | |||
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped | |||
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. | |||
There are several tests: | |||
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit | |||
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 | |||
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs | |||
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD | |||
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD | |||
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) | |||
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) | |||
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) | |||
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed | |||
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false | |||
]=] | |||
local function is_domain_name (domain) | |||
if not domain then | |||
return false; -- if not set, abandon | |||
end | |||
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once | |||
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit | |||
return false; | |||
end | |||
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource | |||
return false; | |||
end | |||
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs | |||
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld | |||
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix | |||
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) | |||
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) | |||
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars) | |||
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD | |||
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address | |||
} | |||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list | |||
if domain:match (pattern) then | |||
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL | |||
end | |||
end | |||
for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains | |||
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then | |||
return true | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is | |||
end | end | ||
function | |||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false. | |||
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that | |||
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external | |||
wikilinks. | |||
]] | |||
local function is_url (scheme, domain) | |||
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain | |||
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); | |||
else | |||
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
function | |||
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. | |||
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). | |||
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. | |||
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one | |||
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. | |||
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes | |||
like news: that don't use authority indicator? | |||
Strip off any port and path; | |||
]] | |||
local function split_url (url_str) | |||
local scheme, authority, domain; | |||
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') | |||
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL | |||
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') | |||
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name | |||
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions | |||
if utilities.is_set (authority) then | |||
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; | |||
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then | |||
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message | |||
end | |||
else | |||
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test? | |||
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message | |||
end | |||
end | |||
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present | |||
end | |||
return scheme, domain; | |||
end | end | ||
function | --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- | ||
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs | |||
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: | |||
# < > [ ] | { } _ | |||
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links | |||
returns false when the value contains any of these characters. | |||
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the | |||
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). | |||
]] | |||
local function link_param_ok (value) | |||
local scheme, domain; | |||
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters | |||
return false; | |||
end | |||
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; | |||
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL | |||
end | end | ||
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- | |||
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. | |||
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when | |||
that condition exists | |||
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language | |||
code and must begin with a colon. | |||
]] | |||
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) | |||
local orig; | |||
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value | |||
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup | |||
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter | |||
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup | |||
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter | |||
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki | |||
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix | |||
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon | |||
orig = lorig; -- flag as error | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (orig) then | |||
link = ''; -- unset | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; | |||
end | |||
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else | |||
end | end | ||
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. | |||
First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain | |||
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two | |||
portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. | |||
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links | |||
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name | |||
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 | |||
]] | |||
local function check_url( url_str ) | |||
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL | |||
return false; | |||
end | |||
local scheme, domain; | |||
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; | |||
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups | |||
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); | |||
end | |||
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL | |||
end | end | ||
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- | |||
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first | |||
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks | |||
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs. | |||
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that | |||
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, | |||
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] | |||
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. | |||
]=] | |||
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) | |||
local scheme, domain; | |||
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] | |||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); | |||
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] | |||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); | |||
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text | |||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); | |||
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text | |||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain | |||
else | |||
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL | |||
end | |||
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL | |||
end | end | ||
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- | |||
loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. | |||
]] | |||
local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list) | |||
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list | |||
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message | |||
table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
function | |||
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ | |||
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions | |||
]] | |||
local function safe_for_url( str ) | |||
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {}); | |||
end | |||
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { | |||
['['] = '[', | |||
[']'] = ']', | |||
['\n'] = ' ' } ); | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- | |||
Format an external link with error checking | |||
]] | |||
local function external_link (URL, label, source, access) | |||
local err_msg = ''; | |||
local domain; | |||
local path; | |||
local base_url; | |||
if not utilities.is_set (label) then | |||
label = URL; | |||
if utilities.is_set (source) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); | |||
else | |||
error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if not check_url (URL) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); | |||
end | |||
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path | |||
if path then -- if there is a path portion | |||
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values | |||
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble | |||
end | |||
base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL | |||
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) | |||
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon | |||
end | |||
return base_url; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- | |||
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the | |||
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated | |||
parameters in the citation. | |||
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above | |||
]] | |||
local function deprecated_parameter(name) | |||
if not added_deprecated_cat then | |||
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- | |||
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote | |||
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. | |||
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: | |||
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" | |||
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) | |||
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned. | |||
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter | |||
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. | |||
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles. | |||
]=] | |||
local function kern_quotes (str) | |||
local cap = ''; | |||
local wl_type, label, link; | |||
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] | |||
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks | |||
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks | |||
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); | |||
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); | |||
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks | |||
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); | |||
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks | |||
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); | |||
end | |||
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable | |||
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) | |||
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) | |||
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) | |||
if utilities.is_set (cap) then | |||
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap); | |||
end | |||
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) | |||
if utilities.is_set (cap) then | |||
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap); | |||
end | |||
if 2 == wl_type then | |||
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink | |||
else | |||
str = label; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return str; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- | |||
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should | |||
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped | |||
in italic markup. | |||
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right. | |||
|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon: | |||
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) | |||
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: | |||
|script-title=ja : *** *** | |||
|script-title=ja: *** *** | |||
|script-title=ja :*** *** | |||
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** | |||
The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can | |||
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute | |||
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. | |||
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>= | |||
]] | |||
local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param) | |||
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string | |||
local name; | |||
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix | |||
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script | |||
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message | |||
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string | |||
end | |||
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script | |||
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize | |||
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? | |||
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script | |||
-- is prefix one of these language codes? | |||
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then | |||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang}) | |||
else | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message | |||
end | |||
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute | |||
else | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message | |||
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string | |||
end | |||
else | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message | |||
end | |||
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL | |||
return script_value; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ | |||
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script | |||
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. | |||
]] | |||
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) | |||
if utilities.is_set (script) then | |||
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error | |||
if utilities.is_set (script) then | |||
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return title; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list | |||
configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken | |||
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). | |||
]] | |||
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) | |||
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then | |||
return ""; | |||
end | |||
if true == lower then | |||
local msg; | |||
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before | |||
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text | |||
else | |||
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str ); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >------------------- | |||
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate | |||
label; nil else. | |||
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= | |||
]] | |||
local function wikisource_url_make (str) | |||
local wl_type, D, L; | |||
local ws_url, ws_label; | |||
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); | |||
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) | |||
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= | |||
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace | |||
if utilities.is_set (str) then | |||
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL | |||
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix | |||
str, -- article title | |||
}); | |||
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL | |||
end | |||
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] | |||
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace | |||
if utilities.is_set (str) then | |||
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL | |||
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix | |||
str, -- article title | |||
}); | |||
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL | |||
end | |||
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) | |||
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace | |||
if utilities.is_set (str) then | |||
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link | |||
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL | |||
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix | |||
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink | |||
}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if ws_url then | |||
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL | |||
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker | |||
end | |||
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil | |||
end | |||
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >----------------------- | |||
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, | |||
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter. | |||
]] | |||
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical) | |||
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then | |||
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation | |||
else | |||
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style | |||
end | |||
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped | |||
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then | |||
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); | |||
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then | |||
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; | |||
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical | |||
periodical = trans_periodical; | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return periodical; | |||
end | |||
--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------- | |||
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, | |||
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used | |||
for error messages). | |||
]] | |||
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) | |||
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link | |||
if ws_url then | |||
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters | |||
chapter = ws_label; | |||
end | |||
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then | |||
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation | |||
else | |||
if false == no_quotes then | |||
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks | |||
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped | |||
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then | |||
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate | |||
elseif ws_url then | |||
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? | |||
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then | |||
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); | |||
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then | |||
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter; | |||
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter | |||
chapter = trans_chapter; | |||
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return chapter; | |||
end | |||
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >------------------- | |||
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. | |||
The search stops at the first match. | |||
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource. | |||
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers | |||
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. | |||
See also coins_cleanup(). | |||
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the | |||
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, | |||
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. | |||
]] | |||
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) | |||
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker | |||
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker | |||
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found | |||
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true | |||
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters | |||
return; | |||
end | |||
for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do | |||
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name | |||
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it | |||
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern | |||
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character | |||
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts | |||
position = nil; -- unset position | |||
elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}? | |||
position = nil; -- unset position | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if position then | |||
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) | |||
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters | |||
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag | |||
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker | |||
position = nil; -- unset | |||
else | |||
local err_msg; | |||
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then | |||
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name; | |||
else | |||
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character'; | |||
end | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message | |||
return; -- and done with this parameter | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------- | |||
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined | |||
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to | |||
single internal variable. | |||
]] | |||
local function argument_wrapper ( args ) | |||
local origin = {}; | |||
return setmetatable({ | |||
ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) | |||
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded. | |||
return origin[k]; | |||
end | |||
}, | |||
{ | |||
__index = function ( tbl, k ) | |||
if origin[k] ~= nil then | |||
return nil; | |||
end | |||
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; | |||
if type( list ) == 'table' then | |||
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); | |||
if origin[k] == nil then | |||
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil | |||
end | |||
elseif list ~= nil then | |||
v, origin[k] = args[list], list; | |||
else | |||
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error? | |||
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; | |||
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k); | |||
end | |||
-- Empty strings, not nil; | |||
if v == nil then | |||
v = ''; | |||
origin[k] = ''; | |||
end | |||
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); | |||
return v; | |||
end, | |||
}); | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >------------------------- | |||
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. | |||
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: | |||
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY | |||
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. | |||
]] | |||
local function nowrap_date (date) | |||
local cap = ''; | |||
local cap2 = ''; | |||
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then | |||
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); | |||
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then | |||
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); | |||
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); | |||
end | |||
return date; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >--------------------- | |||
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including | |||
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the | |||
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation | |||
(|type=none). | |||
]] | |||
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) | |||
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then | |||
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then | |||
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed | |||
end | |||
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value | |||
end | |||
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >----------------------------- | |||
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. | |||
]] | |||
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) | |||
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character' | |||
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions | |||
f.gsub = string.gsub | |||
f.match = string.match | |||
f.sub = string.sub | |||
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions | |||
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub | |||
f.match = mw.ustring.match | |||
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub | |||
end | |||
local str = ''; -- the output string | |||
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? | |||
local end_chr = ''; | |||
local trim; | |||
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do | |||
if value == nil then value = ''; end | |||
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty | |||
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) | |||
elseif value ~= '' then | |||
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. | |||
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string) | |||
else | |||
comp = value; | |||
end | |||
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc | |||
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? | |||
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the | |||
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.? | |||
trim = false; | |||
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string | |||
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff? | |||
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator | |||
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it | |||
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup | |||
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' | |||
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' | |||
elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' | |||
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? | |||
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' | |||
trim = true; -- same question | |||
end | |||
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup | |||
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink | |||
trim = true; | |||
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link | |||
trim = true; | |||
elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link | |||
trim = true; | |||
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. | |||
trim = true; | |||
end | |||
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space | |||
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> | |||
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if trim then | |||
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup | |||
local dup2 = duplicate_char; | |||
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it | |||
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup | |||
else | |||
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return str; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >----------------------------- | |||
returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9. | |||
Puncutation not allowed. | |||
]] | |||
local function is_suffix (suffix) | |||
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then | |||
return true; | |||
end | |||
return false; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >------------------- | |||
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin | |||
(read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical | |||
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin | |||
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that | |||
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this | |||
so editors may/must. | |||
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined | |||
in the four Unicode Latin character sets | |||
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A | |||
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF | |||
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F | |||
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F | |||
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. | |||
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) | |||
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods | |||
This original test: | |||
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") | |||
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then | |||
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor | |||
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has | |||
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes | |||
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor | |||
to maintain this code. | |||
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) | |||
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) | |||
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) | |||
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) | |||
]] | |||
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position) | |||
if not suffix then | |||
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix | |||
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials | |||
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then | |||
if not is_suffix (suffix) then | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); | |||
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or | |||
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position); | |||
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization | |||
end; | |||
return true; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ | |||
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. | |||
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. | |||
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. | |||
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered | |||
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. | |||
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format | |||
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. | |||
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the | |||
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). | |||
]] | |||
local function reduce_to_initials(first, position) | |||
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); | |||
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix | |||
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials? | |||
end | |||
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix | |||
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials | |||
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix | |||
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? | |||
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do | |||
else | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message | |||
return first; -- and return first unmolested | |||
end | |||
else | |||
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word | |||
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials | |||
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials | |||
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix | |||
while names[i] do -- loop through the table | |||
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) | |||
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present | |||
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix | |||
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table | |||
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name | |||
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization | |||
end | |||
if 3 > i then | |||
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table | |||
end | |||
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter | |||
end | |||
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >---------------------------------- | |||
extract interwiki prefixen from <value>. Returns two one or two values: | |||
false – no prefixen | |||
nil – prefix exists but not recognized | |||
project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of: | |||
:<project>:<language>:<article> | |||
:<language>:<project>:<article> | |||
project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix | |||
nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix | |||
accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this | |||
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and | |||
v (wikiversity)) are not supported. | |||
]] | |||
local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link) | |||
if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix | |||
return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later | |||
end | |||
local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen | |||
'^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes | |||
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes | |||
'^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix | |||
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix | |||
} | |||
local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen | |||
'^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes | |||
'^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes | |||
'^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix | |||
'^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix | |||
} | |||
local cap1, cap2; | |||
for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do | |||
cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern); | |||
if cap1 then | |||
break; -- found a match so stop looking | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed) | |||
if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language: | |||
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? | |||
return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language | |||
end | |||
else -- here when :language:project: | |||
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? | |||
return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return nil; -- unknown interwiki language | |||
elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil? | |||
return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail | |||
elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture | |||
return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language | |||
else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1 | |||
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? | |||
return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------- | |||
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) | |||
names in the list will be linked when | |||
|<name>-link= has a value | |||
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been | |||
rendered previously so should have been linked there | |||
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered | |||
]] | |||
local function list_people (control, people, etal) | |||
local sep; | |||
local namesep; | |||
local format = control.format; | |||
local maximum = control.maximum; | |||
local name_list = {}; | |||
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling? | |||
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma | |||
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space | |||
else | |||
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon | |||
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> | |||
end | |||
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end | |||
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names | |||
for i, person in ipairs (people) do | |||
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then | |||
local mask = person.mask; | |||
local one; | |||
local sep_one = sep; | |||
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then | |||
etal = true; | |||
break; | |||
end | |||
if mask then | |||
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else | |||
if n then | |||
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("—", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name | |||
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil | |||
else | |||
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator) | |||
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator | |||
end | |||
else | |||
one = person.last; -- get surname | |||
local first = person.first -- get given name | |||
if utilities.is_set (first) then | |||
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format | |||
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) | |||
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested | |||
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials | |||
end | |||
end | |||
one = one .. namesep .. first; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then | |||
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor | |||
end | |||
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement) | |||
local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present | |||
if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then | |||
proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat? | |||
end | |||
if proj then | |||
proj = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project | |||
if proj then | |||
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name | |||
tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then | |||
tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat? | |||
end | |||
if tag then | |||
local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; | |||
if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names | |||
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name | |||
end | |||
end | |||
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names | |||
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 | |||
if 0 < count then | |||
if 1 < count and not etal then | |||
if 'amp' == format then | |||
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text | |||
elseif 'and' == format then | |||
if 2 == count then | |||
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text | |||
else | |||
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator | |||
end | |||
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list | |||
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list | |||
result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al. | |||
end | |||
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only) | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >----------------------- | |||
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise | |||
returns an empty string. | |||
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that | |||
order. year is Year or anchor_year. | |||
]] | |||
local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year) | |||
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year | |||
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names | |||
names[i] = v.last | |||
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done | |||
end | |||
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end | |||
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id | |||
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string | |||
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion | |||
else | |||
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------ | |||
construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation. | |||
<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template | |||
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter | |||
]] | |||
local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode) | |||
local class_t = {}; | |||
table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight | |||
if 'citation' ~= cite_class then | |||
table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css | |||
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript | |||
else | |||
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript | |||
end | |||
for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do | |||
table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript | |||
end | |||
return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done | |||
end | |||
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >-------------------------- | |||
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on | |||
the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and | |||
the function returns the modified name and the flag. | |||
This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because | |||
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated | |||
|display-<names>=etal parameter | |||
]] | |||
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) | |||
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return | |||
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration | |||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns | |||
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name | |||
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text | |||
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) | |||
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return name, etal; | |||
end | |||
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >---------------------- | |||
Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters. | |||
Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are | |||
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters. | |||
This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template. Does not emit both error | |||
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value. | |||
returns nothing | |||
]] | |||
local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name) | |||
local patterns = { | |||
'^%D+%d', -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters | |||
'^%D*%d+%D+', -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters | |||
} | |||
if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias); -- add an error message | |||
added_numeric_name_errs = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one error message | |||
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon | |||
end | |||
if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message | |||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns | |||
if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template | |||
added_numeric_name_maint = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message | |||
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------ | |||
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. | |||
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped" | |||
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities. | |||
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category. | |||
Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says | |||
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character). Titles, degrees, | |||
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation. | |||
<name> – name parameter value | |||
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc | |||
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names | |||
returns nothing | |||
]] | |||
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit) | |||
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps; | |||
limit = limit and limit or 1; | |||
if utilities.is_set (name) then | |||
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas | |||
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons | |||
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in | |||
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the | |||
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add | |||
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new | |||
-- entities | |||
_, nbsps = name:gsub (' ',''); -- count nbsps | |||
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per entity, so subtract nbsps | |||
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added, | |||
-- they also can be subtracted. | |||
if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >---------------------------------------------------------- | |||
Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call. | |||
<item> can have on of two values: | |||
'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc | |||
'generic_titles' – for |title= | |||
There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the | |||
'reject' test. For example, | |||
|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]] | |||
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be | |||
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening. Accept tests are always performed before reject | |||
tests. | |||
Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local']) | |||
that each can hold a test sequence table The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index | |||
[2], a boolean control value. The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true) | |||
or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so | |||
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles. | |||
Returns | |||
true when a reject test finds the pattern or string | |||
false when an accept test finds the pattern or string | |||
nil else | |||
]=] | |||
local function is_generic (item, value, wiki) | |||
local test_val; | |||
local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local']) | |||
['en'] = string.lower, | |||
['local'] = mw.ustring.lower, | |||
} | |||
local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local']) | |||
['en'] = string.find, | |||
['local'] = mw.ustring.find, | |||
} | |||
local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions | |||
val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value | |||
return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched | |||
end | |||
local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns | |||
local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second | |||
for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type | |||
for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject | |||
for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do | |||
if generic_value[wiki] then | |||
if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test | |||
return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------ | |||
calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the | |||
parameter name used in error messaging | |||
]] | |||
local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias) | |||
if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message | |||
added_generic_name_errs = true; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- | |||
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. | |||
]] | |||
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias) | |||
local accept_name; | |||
if utilities.is_set (last) then | |||
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last> | |||
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup | |||
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter | |||
name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters | |||
name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (first) then | |||
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first> | |||
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup | |||
name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0); -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name | |||
name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters | |||
name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list | |||
end | |||
local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first); | |||
if 0 ~= wl_type then | |||
first = D; | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return last, first; -- done | |||
end | |||
--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >------------------------- | |||
Gets name list from the input arguments | |||
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters | |||
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching | |||
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: | |||
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the | |||
search is done. | |||
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching | |||
|lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= | |||
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not | |||
required to have a matching |firstn=. | |||
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' | |||
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() | |||
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps | |||
'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted. | |||
]] | |||
local function extract_names(args, list_name) | |||
local names = {}; -- table of names | |||
local last; -- individual name components | |||
local first; | |||
local link; | |||
local mask; | |||
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer | |||
local n = 1; -- output table indexer | |||
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) | |||
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter | |||
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging | |||
while true do | |||
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 | |||
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); | |||
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); | |||
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); | |||
if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name | |||
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked | |||
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? | |||
last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix | |||
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error | |||
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? | |||
link = nil; -- unset so we don't link | |||
link_alias = nil; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. | |||
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. | |||
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks | |||
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn | |||
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', { | |||
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate | |||
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form | |||
}); -- add this error message | |||
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? | |||
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first | |||
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up | |||
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which | |||
end | |||
else -- we have last with or without a first | |||
local result; | |||
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup | |||
if first then | |||
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup | |||
end | |||
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) | |||
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table | |||
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message | |||
end | |||
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names | |||
end | |||
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location | |||
end | |||
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------ | |||
attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else. | |||
This function looks for: | |||
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{} | |||
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{} | |||
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t | |||
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t | |||
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize. Strip all | |||
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag | |||
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{} | |||
on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil | |||
]] | |||
local function name_tag_get (lang_param) | |||
local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables | |||
local name; | |||
local tag; | |||
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name | |||
if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name | |||
if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added | |||
return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2]; -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn | |||
end | |||
return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc> | |||
end | |||
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags | |||
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only | |||
if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name | |||
return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag> | |||
end | |||
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag | |||
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag | |||
end | |||
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name | |||
if name then | |||
return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name> | |||
end | |||
tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag | |||
if tag then | |||
return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag> | |||
end | |||
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else | |||
if tag then | |||
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag> | |||
if name then | |||
return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------ | |||
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code | |||
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that | |||
was provided with the language parameter. | |||
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is | |||
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). | |||
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category | |||
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. | |||
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does | |||
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is | |||
recognized but code 'ara' is not. | |||
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th | |||
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with | |||
optional space characters. | |||
]] | |||
local function language_parameter (lang) | |||
local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags | |||
local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag | |||
local name; -- the language name | |||
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered | |||
local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= | |||
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name | |||
names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list | |||
for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag | |||
name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase | |||
if utilities.is_set (tag) then | |||
lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag | |||
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language | |||
if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag | |||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization | |||
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag) | |||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template? | |||
end | |||
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled | |||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it | |||
end | |||
else | |||
name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added | |||
end | |||
table.insert (language_list, name); | |||
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it | |||
end | |||
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list); | |||
if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English' | |||
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) | |||
end | |||
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' | |||
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list | |||
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format | |||
]] | |||
end | end | ||
--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- | |||
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode. | |||
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default. | |||
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'. | |||
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','. | |||
]] | |||
local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode) | |||
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then | |||
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript | |||
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style | |||
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); | |||
end | |||
else | |||
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode]; | |||
end | |||
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript; | |||
end | end | ||
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >----------------------------- | |||
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the | |||
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none. | |||
]] | |||
local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class) | |||
local sep; | |||
if 'cs2' == mode then | |||
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); | |||
elseif 'cs1' == mode then | |||
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); | |||
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then | |||
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); | |||
else | |||
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); | |||
end | |||
if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then | |||
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript | |||
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style | |||
if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); | |||
end | |||
postscript = ''; | |||
end | |||
return sep, postscript | |||
end | end | ||
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >----------------------------------- | |||
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions | |||
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links. | |||
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false | |||
]=] | |||
local function is_pdf (url) | |||
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or | |||
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or | |||
url:match ('%.PDF#') or url:match ('%.pdf#'); | |||
end | end | ||
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >----------------------- | |||
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message | |||
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter | |||
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document | |||
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with | |||
the appropriate styling. | |||
]] | |||
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) | |||
if utilities.is_set (format) then | |||
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize | |||
if not utilities.is_set (url) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message | |||
end | |||
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then | |||
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF | |||
else | else | ||
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation | |||
end | |||
return format; | |||
end | |||
--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------ | |||
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor | |||
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. | |||
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, | |||
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default | |||
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). | |||
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number | |||
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. | |||
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' | |||
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. | |||
inputs: | |||
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal | |||
count: #a or #e | |||
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' | |||
etal: author_etal or editor_etal | |||
This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but | |||
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings. When using global settings, <param> is set to the | |||
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error. Error is suppressed because it is to be expected | |||
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}. | |||
]] | |||
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param) | |||
if utilities.is_set (max) then | |||
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings | |||
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. | |||
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() | |||
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers | |||
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number | |||
if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message | |||
max = nil; | |||
end | |||
else -- not a valid keyword or number | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message | |||
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return max, etal; | |||
end | end | ||
--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >--------------- | |||
Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be | |||
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. | |||
check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value: | |||
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px | |||
where x and X are letters and # is a digit | |||
bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG | |||
]] | |||
local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name) | |||
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then | |||
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns | |||
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message | |||
return; -- and done | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------ | |||
Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator. | |||
For |volume=: | |||
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter | |||
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so | |||
are allowed. | |||
For |issue=: | |||
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the | |||
parameter content (all case insensitive). | |||
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or | |||
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module. | |||
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value | |||
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message | |||
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue= | |||
sets error message on failure; returns nothing | |||
]] | |||
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector) | |||
if not utilities.is_set (val) then | |||
return; | |||
end | |||
local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns; | |||
local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue'; | |||
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case | |||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns | |||
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so | |||
utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message | |||
return; -- and done | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- | |||
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled | |||
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the | |||
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked | |||
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) | |||
]=] | |||
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) | |||
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas | |||
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder | |||
local i = 1; | |||
while name_table[i] do | |||
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses | |||
local name = name_table[i]; | |||
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment | |||
while name_table[i] do | |||
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments | |||
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses | |||
break; -- and done reassembling so | |||
end | |||
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer | |||
end | |||
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table | |||
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink | |||
else | |||
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] | |||
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name | |||
if 1 == wl_type then | |||
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] | |||
else | |||
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string | |||
end | |||
end | |||
i = i + 1; | |||
end | |||
return output_table; | |||
end | end | ||
function | |||
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- | |||
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and | |||
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. | |||
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names | |||
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance | |||
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. | |||
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. | |||
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. | |||
]] | |||
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) | |||
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= | |||
local v_name_table = {}; | |||
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table | |||
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter | |||
local last, first, link, mask, suffix; | |||
local corporate = false; | |||
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) | |||
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas | |||
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do | |||
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor | |||
local accept_name; | |||
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name> | |||
if accept_name then | |||
last = v_name; | |||
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() | |||
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then | |||
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i); | |||
end | |||
local lastfirstTable = {} | |||
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") | |||
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix | |||
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters | |||
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix | |||
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table | |||
end | |||
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix | |||
if not utilities.is_set (last) then | |||
first = ''; -- unset | |||
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i); | |||
end | |||
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing | |||
end | |||
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials | |||
end | |||
else | |||
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (first) then | |||
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else | |||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials | |||
end | |||
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit | |||
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then | |||
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials | |||
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names | |||
end | |||
else | |||
if not corporate then | |||
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; | |||
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); | |||
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list | |||
end | |||
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
function | --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ | ||
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or | |||
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. | |||
Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest; | |||
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn) | |||
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second | |||
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better | |||
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. | |||
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. | |||
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate. | |||
]] | |||
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) | |||
local lastfirst = false; | |||
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... | |||
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= | |||
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or | |||
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then | |||
lastfirst = true; | |||
end | |||
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions | |||
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or | |||
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then | |||
local err_name; | |||
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message | |||
err_name = 'author'; | |||
else | |||
err_name = 'editor'; | |||
end | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message | |||
end | |||
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use | |||
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; | |||
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; | |||
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last | |||
end | end | ||
-- This is used | |||
function | --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ | ||
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number | |||
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing | |||
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one | |||
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value | |||
specified by ret_val. | |||
TODO: explain <invert> | |||
]] | |||
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert) | |||
if not utilities.is_set (value) then | |||
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok | |||
end | |||
if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table | |||
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword | |||
elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table | |||
return value; -- return <value> as it is | |||
else | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message | |||
return ret_val; | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
-- This is | |||
function | --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- | ||
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space | |||
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two | |||
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a | |||
single space character. | |||
]] | |||
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) | |||
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated | |||
return name_list; -- just return the name list | |||
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char | |||
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another | |||
else | |||
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------- | |||
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single | |||
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. | |||
]] | |||
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) | |||
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then | |||
return ''; | |||
end | |||
-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets() | |||
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); | |||
local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits? | |||
local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters? | |||
if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters? | |||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat | |||
end | |||
if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting | |||
local vol = ''; | |||
if utilities.is_set (volume) then | |||
if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals? | |||
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face | |||
elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters? | |||
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold | |||
else -- four or fewer characters | |||
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold | |||
end | |||
end | |||
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '') | |||
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '') | |||
return vol; | |||
end | |||
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then | |||
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); | |||
end | |||
if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites | |||
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number | |||
return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower); | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below | |||
return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- all other types of citation | |||
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then | |||
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower); | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then | |||
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower); | |||
else | |||
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- | |||
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. | |||
The return order is: | |||
page, pages, sheet, sheets | |||
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. | |||
]] | |||
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) | |||
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators | |||
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then | |||
if 'journal' == origin then | |||
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; | |||
else | |||
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then | |||
if 'journal' == origin then | |||
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); | |||
else | |||
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); | |||
if utilities.is_set (page) then | |||
if is_journal then | |||
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; | |||
elseif not nopp then | |||
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; | |||
else | |||
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then | |||
if is_journal then | |||
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; | |||
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number | |||
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; | |||
elseif not nopp then | |||
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; | |||
else | |||
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings | |||
end | end | ||
-- This is | |||
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >---------------------------------------------- | |||
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. | |||
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text | |||
for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and | |||
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? | |||
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline; | |||
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned | |||
to a new name)? | |||
]] | |||
local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at) | |||
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) | |||
if utilities.is_set (page) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then | |||
pages = ''; -- unset the others | |||
at = ''; | |||
end | |||
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. | |||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label | |||
if ws_url then | |||
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? | |||
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); | |||
coins_pages = ws_label; | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (at) then | |||
at = ''; -- unset | |||
end | |||
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. | |||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label | |||
if ws_url then | |||
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? | |||
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); | |||
coins_pages = ws_label; | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then | |||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label | |||
if ws_url then | |||
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? | |||
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); | |||
coins_pages = ws_label; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return page, pages, at, coins_pages; | |||
end | end | ||
-- | --[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------ | ||
add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value | |||
]] | |||
local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date) | |||
if utilities.is_set (archive) then | |||
if archive == url or archive == c_url then | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message | |||
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url= | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return archive, date; | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- | |||
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the | |||
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) | |||
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow | |||
unwitting readers to do. | |||
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own | |||
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. | |||
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and | |||
|archive-date= and an error message when: | |||
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL | |||
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the | |||
correct place | |||
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= | |||
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs: | |||
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form | |||
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form | |||
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags | |||
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) | |||
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. | |||
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified | |||
archive URL: | |||
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) | |||
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified | |||
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) | |||
A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and | |||
archive.today). The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date= | |||
matches the timestamp in the archive url. | |||
]=] | |||
local function archive_url_check (url, date) | |||
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty | |||
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL | |||
timestamp = url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/'); -- get timestamp from archive.today urls | |||
if timestamp then -- if this was an archive.today url ... | |||
return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=, and done | |||
end | |||
-- here for archive.org urls | |||
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL | |||
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate | |||
end | |||
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page | |||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; | |||
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL | |||
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then | |||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; | |||
else | |||
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation | |||
if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match | |||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; | |||
elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here | |||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; | |||
if '*' ~= flag then | |||
local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY) | |||
if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year) | |||
replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp | |||
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display | |||
end | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element | |||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element) | |||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) | |||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; | |||
else | |||
return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- if here, something not right so | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and | |||
if is_preview_mode then | |||
return url, date, timestamp; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= | |||
else | |||
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------------------- | |||
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because | |||
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that) | |||
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits | |||
]] | |||
local function place_check (param_val) | |||
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted | |||
return param_val; -- return that empty state | |||
end | |||
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat | |||
end | |||
return param_val; -- and done | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >---------------------------------------------- | |||
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else | |||
]] | |||
local function is_archived_copy (title) | |||
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case | |||
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' | |||
return true; | |||
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then | |||
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script | |||
return true; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
function | --[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >-------------------------------------- | ||
for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting. | |||
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value. When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string, | |||
special handling is required. | |||
When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND: | |||
the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is: | |||
greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>) | |||
use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value | |||
set overridden maint category | |||
less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter | |||
use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value | |||
The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting | |||
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>. | |||
]] | |||
local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test) | |||
if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then -- when both | |||
if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings | |||
number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names); -- convert these to numbers for comparison | |||
local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names); -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits | |||
if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed? | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal | |||
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) | |||
else | |||
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message | |||
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) | |||
end | |||
-- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set | |||
if global_display_names then | |||
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) | |||
else | |||
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
-- This is used by template {{ | |||
function | --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. | |||
]] | |||
local function citation0( config, args ) | |||
--[[ | |||
Load Input Parameters | |||
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. | |||
]] | |||
local A = argument_wrapper ( args ); | |||
local i | |||
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates | |||
-- define different field names for the same underlying things. | |||
local author_etal; | |||
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= | |||
local Authors; | |||
local NameListStyle; | |||
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid | |||
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax | |||
else | |||
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); | |||
end | |||
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message | |||
end | |||
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; | |||
do -- to limit scope of selected | |||
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); | |||
if 1 == selected then | |||
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= | |||
elseif 2 == selected then | |||
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be | |||
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= | |||
elseif 3 == selected then | |||
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial? | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then | |||
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local editor_etal; | |||
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= | |||
do -- to limit scope of selected | |||
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn | |||
if 1 == selected then | |||
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= | |||
elseif 2 == selected then | |||
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be | |||
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases | |||
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter'); | |||
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s) | |||
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then | |||
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution | |||
end | |||
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites | |||
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= | |||
if 0 < #c then | |||
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message | |||
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later | |||
end | |||
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message | |||
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later | |||
end | |||
end | |||
else -- if not a book cite | |||
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message | |||
end | |||
Contribution = nil; -- unset | |||
end | |||
local Title = A['Title']; | |||
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; | |||
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto | |||
local accept_link; | |||
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup | |||
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords | |||
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later | |||
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty | |||
end | |||
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set | |||
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used | |||
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then | |||
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}} | |||
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present | |||
end | |||
local Periodical = A['Periodical']; | |||
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); | |||
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; | |||
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); | |||
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; | |||
local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical'); | |||
if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then | |||
local param; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters | |||
Periodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters | |||
param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then | |||
TransPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters | |||
param = TransPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then | |||
ScriptPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters | |||
param = ScriptPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (param) then -- if we found one | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param}); -- emit an error message | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then | |||
local i; | |||
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated | |||
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}} | |||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar? | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}); | |||
end | |||
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}} | |||
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList'); | |||
end | |||
-- web and news not tested for now because of | |||
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? | |||
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter | |||
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message | |||
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message | |||
if p[config.CitationClass] then | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local Volume; | |||
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then | |||
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used | |||
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then | |||
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= | |||
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' | |||
end | |||
else | |||
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings | |||
Volume = A['Volume']; | |||
end | |||
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v'); | |||
local Issue; | |||
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used | |||
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table | |||
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then | |||
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local ArticleNumber; | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then | |||
ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber']; | |||
end | |||
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i'); | |||
local Page; | |||
local Pages; | |||
local At; | |||
local QuotePage; | |||
local QuotePages; | |||
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message? | |||
Page = A['Page']; | |||
Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); | |||
At = A['At']; | |||
QuotePage = A['QuotePage']; | |||
QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']); | |||
end | |||
local Edition = A['Edition']; | |||
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace')); | |||
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place')); | |||
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; | |||
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); | |||
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then | |||
local i = 0; | |||
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized | |||
if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'}); | |||
end | |||
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? | |||
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup'); | |||
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then | |||
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}); | |||
end | |||
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS | |||
end | |||
local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL? | |||
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); | |||
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then | |||
UrlAccess = nil; | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url'); | |||
end | |||
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; | |||
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); | |||
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then | |||
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}); | |||
end | |||
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); | |||
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then | |||
MapUrlAccess = nil; | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}); | |||
end | |||
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language | |||
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); | |||
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories | |||
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page | |||
if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids? | |||
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats | |||
end | |||
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns | |||
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern | |||
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats | |||
break; -- bail out if one is found | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) | |||
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category | |||
local coins_pages; | |||
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At); | |||
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); | |||
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different | |||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together | |||
if PublicationPlace == Place then | |||
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same | |||
end | |||
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... | |||
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place | |||
end | |||
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same | |||
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL | |||
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL | |||
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; | |||
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); | |||
local Format = A['Format']; | |||
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; | |||
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; | |||
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter'); | |||
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; | |||
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; | |||
--[[ | |||
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: | |||
When the citation has these parameters: | |||
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering | |||
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering | |||
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped | |||
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped | |||
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified | |||
]] | |||
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS | |||
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}} | |||
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}); | |||
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}} | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin}); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then | |||
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia | |||
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia'); | |||
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then | |||
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then | |||
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering | |||
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; | |||
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') | |||
TransChapter = TransTitle; | |||
ChapterURL = URL; | |||
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; | |||
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; | |||
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then | |||
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); | |||
end | |||
Title = Periodical; | |||
ChapterFormat = Format; | |||
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset | |||
TransTitle = ''; | |||
URL = ''; | |||
Format = ''; | |||
TitleLink = ''; | |||
ScriptTitle = ''; | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set | |||
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering | |||
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- special case for cite techreport. | |||
local ID = A['ID']; | |||
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport | |||
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' | |||
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? | |||
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it | |||
else -- ID has a value so emit error message | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. | |||
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode | |||
local Conference = A['Conference']; | |||
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; | |||
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle'); | |||
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then | |||
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then | |||
Chapter = Title; | |||
Chapter_origin = 'title'; | |||
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated | |||
ChapterURL = URL; | |||
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; | |||
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; | |||
URL_origin = ''; | |||
ChapterFormat = Format; | |||
TransChapter = TransTitle; | |||
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin; | |||
Title = BookTitle; | |||
Format = ''; | |||
-- TitleLink = ''; | |||
TransTitle = ''; | |||
URL = ''; | |||
end | |||
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then | |||
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string | |||
end | |||
-- CS1/2 mode | |||
local Mode; | |||
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |mode= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid | |||
Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax | |||
else | |||
Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); | |||
end | |||
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (A['Mode']) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message | |||
end | |||
-- separator character and postscript | |||
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass); | |||
-- controls capitalization of certain static text | |||
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); | |||
-- cite map oddities | |||
local Cartography = ""; | |||
local Scale = ""; | |||
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; | |||
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; | |||
if config.CitationClass == "map" then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message | |||
end | |||
Chapter = A['Map']; | |||
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map'); | |||
ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; | |||
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); | |||
TransChapter = A['TransMap']; | |||
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] | |||
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap') | |||
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; | |||
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; | |||
Cartography = A['Cartography']; | |||
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then | |||
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); | |||
end | |||
Scale = A['Scale']; | |||
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then | |||
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. | |||
local Series = A['Series']; | |||
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then | |||
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; | |||
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set | |||
local Network = A['Network']; | |||
local Station = A['Station']; | |||
local s, n = {}, {}; | |||
-- do common parameters first | |||
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end | |||
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); | |||
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} | |||
local Season = A['Season']; | |||
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar? | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message | |||
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= | |||
end | |||
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series | |||
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end | |||
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end | |||
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter | |||
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter | |||
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; | |||
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); | |||
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link= | |||
TransChapter = TransTitle; | |||
ChapterURL = URL; | |||
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; | |||
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; | |||
ChapterFormat = Format; | |||
Title = Series; -- promote series to title | |||
TitleLink = SeriesLink; | |||
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number | |||
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL | |||
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; | |||
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); | |||
end | |||
URL = ''; -- unset | |||
TransTitle = ''; | |||
ScriptTitle = ''; | |||
Format = ''; | |||
else -- now oddities that are cite serial | |||
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial | |||
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? | |||
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then | |||
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); | |||
end | |||
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff | |||
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values | |||
local TitleType = A['TitleType']; | |||
local Degree = A['Degree']; | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then | |||
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); | |||
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis | |||
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified | |||
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses | |||
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem | |||
end | |||
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. | |||
local Date = A['Date']; | |||
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging | |||
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; | |||
local Year = A['Year']; | |||
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then | |||
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date | |||
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF | |||
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set | |||
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date | |||
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed | |||
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter | |||
else | |||
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter | |||
end | |||
else | |||
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging | |||
end | |||
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation | |||
--[[ | |||
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where | |||
we get the date used in the metadata. | |||
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation | |||
]] | |||
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); | |||
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then | |||
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template | |||
end | |||
local ArchiveURL; | |||
local ArchiveDate; | |||
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; | |||
local archive_url_timestamp; -- timestamp from wayback machine url | |||
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) | |||
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); | |||
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL | |||
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; | |||
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification | |||
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; | |||
local Embargo = A['Embargo']; | |||
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier | |||
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch | |||
local error_message = ''; | |||
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it | |||
local date_parameters_list = { | |||
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, | |||
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, | |||
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, | |||
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, | |||
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, | |||
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, | |||
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, | |||
}; | |||
local error_list = {}; | |||
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list); | |||
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization | |||
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then | |||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul-greg-uncertainty'); | |||
end | |||
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization | |||
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; | |||
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list); | |||
end | |||
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty | |||
local modified = false; -- flag | |||
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates | |||
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate | |||
end | |||
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate | |||
modified = true; | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category | |||
end | |||
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki | |||
if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat | |||
modified = true; | |||
end | |||
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified | |||
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values | |||
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val; | |||
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val; | |||
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val; | |||
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val; | |||
end | |||
if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then | |||
validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF); -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate | |||
end | |||
else | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message | |||
end | |||
end -- end of do | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others? | |||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation | |||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then -- {{citation}} as a book citation | |||
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then | |||
if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then | |||
local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d')); -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number | |||
if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher'); -- add maint cat | |||
end | |||
else -- PublisherName has a value | |||
if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations) | |||
PublisherName = ''; -- unset | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers | |||
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key | |||
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier | |||
local ID_support = { | |||
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')}, | |||
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, | |||
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, | |||
} | |||
ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support); | |||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates | |||
if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted | |||
args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message | |||
end | |||
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; | |||
end | |||
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free | |||
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead | |||
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled | |||
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection | |||
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link | |||
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= | |||
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC | |||
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed | |||
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= | |||
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI | |||
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi']; | |||
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL | |||
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message | |||
AccessDate = ''; -- unset | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message | |||
ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. | |||
-- Test if citation has no title | |||
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and | |||
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and | |||
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and | |||
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites | |||
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat | |||
end | |||
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. | |||
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that | |||
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title | |||
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap | |||
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required | |||
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu | |||
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then | |||
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap | |||
coins_title = Periodical; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au | |||
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list | |||
coins_author = c; -- use that instead | |||
end | |||
-- this is the function call to COinS() | |||
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({ | |||
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata | |||
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS | |||
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup | |||
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only | |||
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup | |||
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, | |||
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid; | |||
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, | |||
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter, | |||
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron, | |||
['Series'] = Series, | |||
['Volume'] = Volume, | |||
['Issue'] = Issue, | |||
['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber, | |||
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links | |||
['Edition'] = Edition, | |||
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName | |||
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), | |||
['Authors'] = coins_author, | |||
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins, | |||
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, | |||
}, config.CitationClass); | |||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed | |||
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal | |||
end | |||
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text | |||
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then | |||
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); | |||
end | |||
local Editors; | |||
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list | |||
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list | |||
local contributor_etal; | |||
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list | |||
local translator_etal; | |||
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs | |||
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= | |||
local Interviewers; | |||
local interviewers_list = {}; | |||
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters | |||
local interviewer_etal; | |||
-- Now perform various field substitutions. | |||
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the | |||
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. | |||
do | |||
local last_first_list; | |||
local control = { | |||
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc' | |||
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set | |||
mode = Mode | |||
}; | |||
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table | |||
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e); | |||
control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param); | |||
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal); | |||
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then | |||
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation | |||
end | |||
end | |||
do -- now do interviewers | |||
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list); | |||
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param); | |||
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); | |||
end | |||
do -- now do translators | |||
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t); | |||
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param); | |||
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); | |||
end | |||
do -- now do contributors | |||
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c); | |||
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param); | |||
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); | |||
end | |||
do -- now do authors | |||
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal); | |||
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param); | |||
last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal); | |||
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then | |||
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. | |||
if author_etal then | |||
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter | |||
end | |||
else | |||
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string | |||
end | |||
end -- end of do | |||
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then | |||
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; | |||
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; | |||
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); | |||
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); | |||
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported | |||
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or | |||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then | |||
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); | |||
end | |||
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist | |||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url'); | |||
end | |||
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? | |||
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); | |||
AccessDate = ''; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); | |||
local OriginalURL | |||
local OriginalURL_origin | |||
local OriginalFormat | |||
local OriginalAccess; | |||
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text | |||
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it | |||
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text | |||
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages | |||
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= | |||
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then | |||
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL | |||
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages | |||
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format | |||
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then | |||
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL | |||
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages | |||
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= | |||
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; | |||
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it | |||
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL | |||
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages | |||
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format | |||
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs | |||
end | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat | |||
end | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia | |||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then | |||
local chap_param; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters | |||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then | |||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then | |||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then | |||
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin; | |||
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) | |||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message | |||
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation | |||
TransChapter = ''; | |||
ChapterURL = ''; | |||
ScriptChapter = ''; | |||
ChapterFormat = ''; | |||
end | |||
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title | |||
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value | |||
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) | |||
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title | |||
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted | |||
end | |||
end | |||
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter | |||
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then | |||
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; | |||
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then | |||
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title | |||
end | |||
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' '; | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... | |||
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- Format main title | |||
local plain_title = false; | |||
local accept_title; | |||
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title> | |||
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())" | |||
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message | |||
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting | |||
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now | |||
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now | |||
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat | |||
end | |||
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup | |||
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title= | |||
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three | |||
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... | |||
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) | |||
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title | |||
end | |||
if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or | |||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or | |||
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article | |||
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks | |||
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); | |||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped | |||
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); | |||
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above) | |||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped | |||
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title | |||
else | |||
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); | |||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped | |||
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Title) then | |||
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; | |||
else | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'}); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs? | |||
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both | |||
TitleLink = ''; -- unset | |||
end | |||
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then | |||
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format; | |||
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed | |||
Format = ""; | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then | |||
local ws_url; | |||
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here | |||
if ws_url then | |||
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? | |||
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); | |||
Title = Title .. TransTitle; | |||
else | |||
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle; | |||
end | |||
else | |||
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) | |||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label | |||
if ws_url then | |||
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup | |||
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? | |||
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); | |||
Title = Title .. TransTitle; | |||
else | |||
Title = Title .. TransTitle; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
else | |||
Title = TransTitle; | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Place) then | |||
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; | |||
end | |||
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL | |||
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then | |||
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); | |||
end | |||
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then | |||
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); | |||
end | |||
local Position = ''; | |||
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then | |||
local Minutes = A['Minutes']; | |||
local Time = A['Time']; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}); | |||
end | |||
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; | |||
else | |||
if utilities.is_set (Time) then | |||
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] | |||
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then | |||
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; | |||
if sepc ~= '.' then | |||
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
else | |||
Position = " " .. Position; | |||
At = ''; | |||
end | |||
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); | |||
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; | |||
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; | |||
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then | |||
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier | |||
local Inset = A['Inset']; | |||
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then | |||
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then | |||
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); | |||
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then | |||
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); | |||
end | |||
At = At .. Inset .. Section; | |||
end | |||
local Others = A['Others']; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= | |||
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" | |||
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm') | |||
else | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_others'); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then | |||
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then | |||
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); | |||
end | |||
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; | |||
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then | |||
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn. | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message | |||
end | |||
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); | |||
else | |||
Edition = ''; | |||
end | |||
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum | |||
local Agency = A['Agency']; | |||
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or ""; | |||
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); | |||
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then | |||
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] | |||
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format | |||
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case | |||
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text | |||
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end | |||
local Docket = A['Docket']; | |||
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then | |||
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID; | |||
end | |||
if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set | |||
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (URL) then | |||
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess ); | |||
end | |||
local Quote = A['Quote']; | |||
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote']; | |||
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote']; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then | |||
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks | |||
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off | |||
end | |||
end | |||
Quote = kern_quotes (Quote); -- kern if needed | |||
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags | |||
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then | |||
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then | |||
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks | |||
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off | |||
end | |||
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote ); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix | |||
local quote_prefix = ''; | |||
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then | |||
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. | |||
if not NoPP then | |||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; | |||
else | |||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then | |||
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. | |||
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page | |||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; | |||
elseif not NoPP then | |||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; | |||
else | |||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; | |||
end | |||
end | |||
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote; | |||
else | |||
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote; | |||
end | |||
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set | |||
end | |||
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by | |||
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't | |||
-- a displayed postscript. | |||
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable? | |||
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern? | |||
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript') | |||
end | |||
local Archived; | |||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then | |||
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); -- emit an error message | |||
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation | |||
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation | |||
end | |||
else | |||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url'); -- emit an error message | |||
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation | |||
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then | |||
local arch_text; | |||
if "live" == UrlStatus then | |||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; | |||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | |||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then | |||
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'], | |||
{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); | |||
else | |||
Archived = ''; | |||
end | |||
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); | |||
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' | |||
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then | |||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit']; | |||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | |||
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled | |||
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added | |||
else | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added | |||
end | |||
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' | |||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; | |||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | |||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then | |||
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, | |||
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled | |||
else | |||
Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation | |||
end | |||
end | |||
else -- OriginalUrl not set | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); | |||
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then | |||
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message | |||
else | |||
Archived = ''; | |||
end | |||
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] | |||
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; | |||
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); | |||
local Transcript = A['Transcript']; | |||
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL | |||
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then | |||
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); | |||
end | |||
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then | |||
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); | |||
end | |||
local Publisher; | |||
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then | |||
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then | |||
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; | |||
else | |||
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then | |||
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; | |||
else | |||
Publisher = PublicationDate; | |||
end | |||
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. | |||
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then | |||
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); | |||
else | |||
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
local Language = A['Language']; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Language) then | |||
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc. | |||
else | |||
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; | |||
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter | |||
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType | |||
]] | |||
end | |||
--[[ | |||
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that | |||
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). | |||
]] | |||
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only | |||
TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event= | |||
TitleType = ''; -- and unset | |||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter | |||
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set | |||
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. | |||
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA | |||
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. | |||
local tcommon; | |||
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then | |||
if not (utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors)) then | |||
Others = Others:gsub ('^' .. sepc .. ' ', ''); -- when no authors and no editors, strip leading sepc and space | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here? | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); | |||
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites | |||
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc. | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 | |||
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); | |||
else | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); | |||
end | |||
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map | |||
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); | |||
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); | |||
end | |||
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); | |||
else -- all other CS1 templates | |||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, | |||
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); | |||
end | |||
if #ID_list > 0 then | |||
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); | |||
else | |||
ID_list = ID; | |||
end | |||
local Via = A['Via']; | |||
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; | |||
local idcommon; | |||
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript | |||
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); | |||
else | |||
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); | |||
end | |||
local text; | |||
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; | |||
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate']; | |||
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or ''; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Date) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set | |||
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses | |||
else -- neither of authors and editors set | |||
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc | |||
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc | |||
else | |||
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc | |||
end | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then | |||
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination | |||
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then | |||
local in_text = ''; | |||
local post_text = ''; | |||
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then | |||
in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' '; | |||
if (sepc ~= '.') then | |||
in_text = in_text:lower(); -- lowercase for cs2 | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if EditorCount <= 1 then | |||
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')'; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case | |||
else | |||
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')'; | |||
end | |||
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc. | |||
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; | |||
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 | |||
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here | |||
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated | |||
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | |||
end | |||
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination | |||
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | |||
end | |||
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); | |||
else | |||
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); | |||
end | |||
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then | |||
if utilities.is_set (Date) then | |||
if EditorCount <= 1 then | |||
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor']; | |||
else | |||
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors']; | |||
end | |||
else | |||
if EditorCount <= 1 then | |||
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " | |||
else | |||
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " | |||
end | |||
end | |||
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); | |||
else | |||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then | |||
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); | |||
else | |||
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then | |||
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc. | |||
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1); | |||
end | |||
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); | |||
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element | |||
local options_t = {}; | |||
options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode); | |||
local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else | |||
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then | |||
local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list | |||
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation | |||
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list | |||
namelist_t = c; -- select it | |||
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list | |||
namelist_t = a; | |||
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list | |||
namelist_t = e; | |||
end | |||
local citeref_id; | |||
if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t | |||
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor | |||
if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default'); | |||
end | |||
else | |||
citeref_id = ''; -- unset | |||
end | |||
options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id; | |||
end | |||
if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains; | |||
z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list | |||
z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list | |||
OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string | |||
text = ''; -- blank the the citation | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category | |||
end | |||
local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation | |||
if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags | |||
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist | |||
else | |||
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty | |||
end | |||
if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span | |||
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation | |||
end | |||
local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass); | |||
local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]'; | |||
local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: '; | |||
if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then | |||
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link)); | |||
table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages | |||
table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error | |||
local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden | |||
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages | |||
if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name | |||
hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix | |||
break; -- and done because no need to look further | |||
end | |||
end | |||
z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation | |||
table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering | |||
end | |||
if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then | |||
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link)); | |||
table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list | |||
local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages | |||
if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages | |||
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery | |||
end | |||
for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories | |||
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table | |||
table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'}) | |||
); | |||
end | |||
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save | |||
end | |||
if not no_tracking_cats then | |||
local sort_key; | |||
local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink'; | |||
if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled | |||
local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; -- get namespace number for this wikitext | |||
sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil; -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace | |||
cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk'; -- make <cfg.messages> key | |||
end | |||
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories | |||
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); | |||
end | |||
for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories | |||
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); | |||
end | |||
for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories | |||
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); -- no sort keys | |||
end | |||
end | |||
return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. | |||
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: | |||
true - active, supported parameters | |||
false - deprecated, supported parameters | |||
nil - unsupported parameters | |||
]] | |||
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty) | |||
local name = tostring (name); | |||
local enum_name; -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#' | |||
local state; | |||
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values | |||
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter | |||
if false == state then | |||
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns | |||
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported | |||
return true; | |||
end | |||
if 'tracked' == state then | |||
local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name | |||
utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key> | |||
return true; | |||
end | |||
return nil; | |||
end | |||
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted | |||
return nil; | |||
end | |||
-- replace wnumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) | |||
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#'); -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=) | |||
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1'); -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity | |||
if 'document' == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}} | |||
state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters | |||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | |||
return false; | |||
end | |||
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates | |||
state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters | |||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | |||
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class | |||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | |||
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil | |||
end -- end limited parameter-set templates | |||
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list | |||
state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class | |||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | |||
end -- if here, fall into general validation | |||
state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters | |||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end | |||
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil | |||
end | |||
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------- | |||
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language | |||
code. when these values have the form (without leading colon): | |||
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text | |||
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text | |||
return value as is else | |||
]=] | |||
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value) | |||
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists | |||
local _; | |||
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message | |||
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink | |||
end | |||
return value; | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ | |||
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal | |||
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a | |||
parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made: | |||
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name | |||
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki) | |||
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML | |||
tags are removed before the search. | |||
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. | |||
]] | |||
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) | |||
local capture; | |||
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc. | |||
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes | |||
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter); | |||
end | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >-------------------------------------- | |||
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked | |||
]] | |||
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) | |||
if 'number' == type (param) then | |||
return; | |||
end | |||
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize | |||
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then | |||
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done | |||
end | |||
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat | |||
end | |||
if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ... | |||
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
-- | |||
function | --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------ | ||
look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked | |||
]] | |||
local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t) | |||
local url_error_t = {}; | |||
check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check | |||
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors | |||
table.sort (url_error_t); | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message | |||
end | |||
end | end | ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------- | --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >-------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
-- | |||
-- | This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. | ||
-- | |||
-- | ]] | ||
-- | |||
-- | local function citation(frame) | ||
-- | Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode | ||
-- | |||
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} | |||
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame | |||
config[k] = v; | |||
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep? | |||
-- | end | ||
-- | -- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here) | ||
-- | local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and '' ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}} | ||
-- | is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module? | ||
-- | sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else | ||
-- | local pframe = frame:getParent() | ||
local styles; | |||
-- | cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else | ||
-- | whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox); | ||
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox); | |||
-- | validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox); | ||
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox); | |||
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox); | |||
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css'; | |||
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables | |||
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module | |||
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module | |||
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module | |||
-- | |||
-- | z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | ||
-- | |||
-- | is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}')); | ||
-- | |||
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments | |||
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them | |||
-- | local error_text; -- used as a flag | ||
-- | |||
-- | local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns | ||
-- | local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing | ||
-- | for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame | ||
-- | v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string | ||
-- | if v ~= '' then | ||
-- | if ('string' == type (k)) then | ||
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 | |||
-- | end | ||
-- | if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then | ||
-- | if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters | ||
-- | if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then | ||
-- | error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v}); | ||
-- | end | ||
-- | elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then | ||
-- | error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter | ||
-- | else | ||
-- | if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it | ||
-- | suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else | ||
end | |||
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter | |||
-- | capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match | ||
-- | if capture then -- if the pattern matches | ||
-- | param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) | ||
-- | if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) | ||
-- | error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message | ||
-- | else | ||
-- | error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template | ||
-- | v = ''; -- unset | ||
-- | end | ||
-- | end | ||
-- | end | ||
-- | if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion? | ||
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}); | |||
-- | else | ||
-- | utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); | ||
-- | v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) | ||
-- | end | ||
end | |||
end | |||
-- | end | ||
-- | |||
-- | args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value | ||
-- | |||
-- | elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters | ||
-- | if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter | ||
-- | k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text | ||
-- | table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list | ||
-- | end | ||
-- | -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep? | ||
-- | -- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that) | ||
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here | |||
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact? | |||
end | |||
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message | |||
utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', { | |||
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's', | |||
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns) | |||
}); | |||
end | |||
local url_param_t = {}; | |||
for k, v in pairs( args ) do | |||
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters | |||
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters | |||
end | |||
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values | |||
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? | |||
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label | |||
if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table | |||
url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check | |||
end | |||
end | |||
has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong | |||
return table.concat ({ | |||
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}), | |||
citation0( config, args) | |||
}); | |||
end | |||
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ | |||
]] | |||
return {citation = citation}; |
Latest revision as of 20:03, 28 November 2023
Documentation for this module may be created at Module:Citation/CS1/doc
require ('strict');
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
]]
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
--[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >---------------
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
other modules; that are created here and used here
]]
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_numeric_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_numeric_name_maint; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
]]
local function first_set (list, count)
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
]]
local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
if added_vanc_errs then return end
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
returns true if it does, else false
]]
local function is_scheme (scheme)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
]=]
local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
end
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
return false;
end
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
}
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
end
end
for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
return true
end
end
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.
]]
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?
Strip off any port and path;
]]
local function split_url (url_str)
local scheme, authority, domain;
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
return scheme, domain;
end
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
]]
local function link_param_ok (value)
local scheme, domain;
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when
that condition exists
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.
]]
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (orig) then
link = ''; -- unset
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
]]
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
return false;
end
local scheme, domain;
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
]=]
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
]]
local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
]]
local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
end
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '[',
[']'] = ']',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
Format an external link with error checking
]]
local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
local err_msg = '';
local domain;
local path;
local base_url;
if not utilities.is_set (label) then
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set (source) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
else
error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
end
end
if not check_url (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end
base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
end
return base_url;
end
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
]]
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not added_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message
end
end
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
]=]
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap = '';
local wl_type, label, link;
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
end
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
end
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
end
if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
str = label;
end
end
return str;
end
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=
]]
local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
return script_value;
end
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
if utilities.is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
if utilities.is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
return title;
end
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
]]
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
return "";
end
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
]]
local function wikisource_url_make (str)
local wl_type, D, L;
local ws_url, ws_label;
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
});
end
end
if ws_url then
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
end
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.
]]
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
end
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
periodical = trans_periodical;
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
end
end
return periodical;
end
--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).
]]
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
if ws_url then
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
chapter = ws_label;
end
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
elseif ws_url then
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
end
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = trans_chapter;
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
end
end
return chapter;
end
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
The search stops at the first match.
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.
]]
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
return;
end
for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
else
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
end
utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
end
end
--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.
]]
local function argument_wrapper ( args )
local origin = {};
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
end
},
{
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return nil;
end
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
]]
local function nowrap_date (date)
local cap = '';
local cap2 = '';
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
return date;
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).
]]
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
]]
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
f.gsub = string.gsub
f.match = string.match
f.sub = string.sub
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
f.match = mw.ustring.match
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
end
local str = ''; -- the output string
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
end
end
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------
returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.
]]
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
end
return false;
end
--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
(read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
]]
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
if not suffix then
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
end
end
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
return true;
end
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
]]
local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
end
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >----------------------------------
extract interwiki prefixen from <value>. Returns two one or two values:
false – no prefixen
nil – prefix exists but not recognized
project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
:<project>:<language>:<article>
:<language>:<project>:<article>
project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix
accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.
]]
local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link)
if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix
return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
end
local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
'^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
'^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix
}
local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
'^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes
'^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes
'^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix
'^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix
}
local cap1, cap2;
for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern);
if cap1 then
break; -- found a match so stop looking
end
end
if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language:
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
end
else -- here when :language:project:
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
end
end
return nil; -- unknown interwiki language
elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil?
return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture
return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language
else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)
names in the list will be linked when
|<name>-link= has a value
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
rendered previously so should have been linked there
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
]]
local function list_people (control, people, etal)
local sep;
local namesep;
local format = control.format;
local maximum = control.maximum;
local name_list = {};
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
local one;
local sep_one = sep;
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
end
if mask then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
if n then
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("—", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
end
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
local first = person.first -- get given name
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
end
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present
if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then
proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
end
if proj then
proj = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
if proj then
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language
end
end
if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
end
if tag then
local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];
if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
end
end
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
end
end
end
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if 0 < count then
if 1 < count and not etal then
if 'amp' == format then
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
elseif 'and' == format then
if 2 == count then
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
end
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end
--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise
returns an empty string.
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
order. year is Year or anchor_year.
]]
local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------
construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.
<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter
]]
local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
local class_t = {};
table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight
if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
else
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
end
for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
end
return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done
end
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.
This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
|display-<names>=etal parameter
]]
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added
end
end
end
end
return name, etal;
end
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters.
Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters.
This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template. Does not emit both error
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value.
returns nothing
]]
local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name)
local patterns = {
'^%D+%d', -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters
'^%D*%d+%D+', -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters
}
if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters
utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias); -- add an error message
added_numeric_name_errs = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one error message
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
end
if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns
if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
added_numeric_name_maint = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
end
end
end
end
--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.
Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character). Titles, degrees,
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation.
<name> – name parameter value
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names
returns nothing
]]
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit)
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
limit = limit and limit or 1;
if utilities.is_set (name) then
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
-- entities
_, nbsps = name:gsub (' ',''); -- count nbsps
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per entity, so subtract nbsps
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
-- they also can be subtracted.
if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
end
end
end
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------
Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
<item> can have on of two values:
'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
'generic_titles' – for |title=
There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
'reject' test. For example,
|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening. Accept tests are always performed before reject
tests.
Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
that each can hold a test sequence table The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
[2], a boolean control value. The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.
Returns
true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
nil else
]=]
local function is_generic (item, value, wiki)
local test_val;
local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
['en'] = string.lower,
['local'] = mw.ustring.lower,
}
local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
['en'] = string.find,
['local'] = mw.ustring.find,
}
local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched
end
local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second
for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type
for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do
if generic_value[wiki] then
if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test
return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else
end
end
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------
calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
parameter name used in error messaging
]]
local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message
added_generic_name_errs = true;
end
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.
]]
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
local accept_name;
if utilities.is_set (last) then
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter
name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
end
if utilities.is_set (first) then
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0); -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name
name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
if 0 ~= wl_type then
first = D;
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
end
end
return last, first; -- done
end
--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted.
]]
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
while true do
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
end
end
if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
link = nil; -- unset so we don't link
link_alias = nil;
end
end
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
}); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
if first then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
end
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------
attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.
This function looks for:
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize. Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}
on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil
]]
local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
local name;
local tag;
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2]; -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn
end
return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
end
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
end
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
end
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
if name then
return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
end
tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
if tag then
return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
end
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else
if tag then
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
if name then
return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
end
end
end
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.
]]
local function language_parameter (lang)
local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase
if utilities.is_set (tag) then
lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
end
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it
end
else
name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end
--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.
]]
local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
else
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.
]]
local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
else
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
end
if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
postscript = '';
end
return sep, postscript
end
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
]=]
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
url:match ('%.PDF#') or url:match ('%.pdf#');
end
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.
]]
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if utilities.is_set (format) then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return format;
end
--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings. When using global settings, <param> is set to the
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error. Error is suppressed because it is to be expected
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}.
]]
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
if utilities.is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil;
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
return max, etal;
end
--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
where x and X are letters and # is a digit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG
]]
local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message
return; -- and done
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------
Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.
For |volume=:
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
are allowed.
For |issue=:
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
parameter content (all case insensitive).
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=
sets error message on failure; returns nothing
]]
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
return;
end
local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns;
local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message
return; -- and done
end
end
end
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
]=]
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
local i = 1;
while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
local name = name_table[i];
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
i = i + 1;
end
return output_table;
end
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
]]
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
local accept_name;
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>
if accept_name then
last = v_name;
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
first = ''; -- unset
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
end
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
end
else
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
end
end
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.
]]
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst = true;
end
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message
end
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.
TODO: explain <invert>
]]
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
end
if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
return value; -- return <value> as it is
else
utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
end
end
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.
]]
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
end
end
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
]]
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then
return '';
end
-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat
end
if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
local vol = '';
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
else -- four or fewer characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
end
end
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '')
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '')
return vol;
end
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number
return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower);
end
end
-- all other types of citation
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
]]
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it?
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?
]]
local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
pages = ''; -- unset the others
at = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if utilities.is_set (at) then
at = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------
add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value
]]
local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
end
end
return archive, date;
end
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and
archive.today). The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date=
matches the timestamp in the archive url.
]=]
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
timestamp = url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/'); -- get timestamp from archive.today urls
if timestamp then -- if this was an archive.today url ...
return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=, and done
end
-- here for archive.org urls
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
if '*' ~= flag then
local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and
if is_preview_mode then
return url, date, timestamp; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
else
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
]]
local function place_check (param_val)
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
return param_val; -- return that empty state
end
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
end
return param_val; -- and done
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
]]
local function is_archived_copy (title)
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
return true;
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true;
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >--------------------------------------
for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting.
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value. When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string,
special handling is required.
When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND:
the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is:
greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>)
use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value
set overridden maint category
less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter
use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value
The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>.
]]
local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test)
if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then -- when both
if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names); -- convert these to numbers for comparison
local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names); -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits
if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed?
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
else
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control
end
end
-- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
end
-- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set
if global_display_names then
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
else
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local
end
end
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
]]
local function citation0( config, args )
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
local i
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListStyle;
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
else
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
end
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
end
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial?
end
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
end
end
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
end
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
local Title = A['Title'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
local accept_link;
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
end
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
end
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical'];
local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then
local param;
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters
Periodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then
TransPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
param = TransPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
ScriptPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
param = ScriptPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging
end
if utilities.is_set (param) then -- if we found one
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param}); -- emit an error message
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
local i;
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
end
end
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
end
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
end
-- web and news not tested for now because of
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
if p[config.CitationClass] then
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
end
end
local Volume;
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
else
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');
local Issue;
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end
local ArticleNumber;
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then
ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber'];
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;
local QuotePage;
local QuotePages;
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
At = A['At'];
QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
end
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then
local i = 0;
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
end
end
if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'});
end
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
end
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
end
local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
UrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
end
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
end
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
MapUrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
end
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
local coins_pages;
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
if PublicationPlace == Place then
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
end
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
]]
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
end
end
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}}
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin});
end
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
-- special case for cite techreport.
local ID = A['ID'];
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
end
end
end
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
Chapter_origin = 'title';
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
URL_origin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
-- CS1/2 mode
local Mode;
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |mode= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
else
Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
end
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (A['Mode']) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
end
-- separator character and postscript
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
-- controls capitalization of certain static text
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );
-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message
end
Chapter = A['Map'];
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
local Series = A['Series'];
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
Format = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Date = A['Date'];
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local Year = A['Year'];
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
end
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
end
local ArchiveURL;
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local archive_url_timestamp; -- timestamp from wayback machine url
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};
local error_list = {};
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul-greg-uncertainty');
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
end
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
local modified = false; -- flag
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat
modified = true;
end
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end
if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF); -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message
end
end -- end of do
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others?
('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation
('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then -- {{citation}} as a book citation
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d')); -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number
if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later
utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher'); -- add maint cat
end
else -- PublisherName has a value
if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations)
PublisherName = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
end
local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
local ID_support = {
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
}
ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates
if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message
end
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
end
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
end
end
if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
end
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron,
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
end
local Editors;
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local contributor_etal;
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
local translator_etal;
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local Interviewers;
local interviewers_list = {};
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
local interviewer_etal;
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
do
local last_first_list;
local control = {
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
mode = Mode
};
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e);
control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param);
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list);
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param);
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
end
do -- now do translators
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t);
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param);
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
end
do -- now do contributors
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c);
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param);
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
end
do -- now do authors
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal);
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param);
last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end
end
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
AccessDate = '';
end
end
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
local OriginalURL
local OriginalURL_origin
local OriginalFormat
local OriginalAccess;
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat
end
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
-- Format main title
local plain_title = false;
local accept_title;
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
end
if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message
end
end
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
end
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
local ws_url;
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
if ws_url then
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
end
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
end
end
else
Title = TransTitle;
end
if utilities.is_set (Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
local Position = '';
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
local Others = A['Others'];
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
end
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
local Agency = A['Agency'];
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
local Docket = A['Docket'];
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
end
if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
if utilities.is_set (URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
end
local Quote = A['Quote'];
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
end
Quote = kern_quotes (Quote); -- kern if needed
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
end
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
end
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
local quote_prefix = '';
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
elseif not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
end
end
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
else
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
end
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
-- a displayed postscript.
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
end
local Archived;
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); -- emit an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
else
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url'); -- emit an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
local arch_text;
if "live" == UrlStatus then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
else
Archived = '';
end
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
else
Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation
end
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = '';
end
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
local Publisher;
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
else
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
end
end
local Language = A['Language'];
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
else
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
TitleType = ''; -- and unset
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if not (utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors)) then
Others = Others:gsub ('^' .. sepc .. ' ', ''); -- when no authors and no editors, strip leading sepc and space
end
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local Via = A['Via'];
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
local idcommon;
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
else
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
end
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
local in_text = '';
local post_text = '';
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower(); -- lowercase for cs2
end
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')'; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
else
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')';
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
local options_t = {};
options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);
local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist_t = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist_t = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist_t = e;
end
local citeref_id;
if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
end
else
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
end
options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id;
end
if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list
z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list
OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string
text = ''; -- blank the the citation
utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category
end
local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
else
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
end
if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation
end
local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]';
local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';
if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));
table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error
local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
break; -- and done because no need to look further
end
end
z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
end
if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));
table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list
local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
);
end
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
end
if not no_tracking_cats then
local sort_key;
local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink';
if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled
local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; -- get namespace number for this wikitext
sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil; -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace
cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk'; -- make <cfg.messages> key
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); -- no sort keys
end
end
return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done
end
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
local name = tostring (name);
local enum_name; -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#'
local state;
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
if 'tracked' == state then
local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
return true;
end
return nil;
end
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
return nil;
end
-- replace wnumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#'); -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=)
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1'); -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity
if 'document' == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}}
state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
return false;
end
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
end -- if here, fall into general validation
state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code. when these values have the form (without leading colon):
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
return value as is else
]=]
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
local _;
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
end
return value;
end
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
]]
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
end
end
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
]]
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
if 'number' == type (param) then
return;
end
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
end
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------
look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
]]
local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t)
local url_error_t = {};
check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
table.sort (url_error_t);
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
end
end
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
]]
local function citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
end
-- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and '' ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module?
sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local styles;
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox);
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox);
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox);
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox);
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox);
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css';
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text; -- used as a flag
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
end
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
end
elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
else
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end
end
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
end
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
});
end
local url_param_t = {};
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table
url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
end
end
has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
return table.concat ({
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
citation0( config, args)
});
end
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]
return {citation = citation};